Social domination how to conquer the big 3 social media networks- From Hubspot
74
HOW TO CRAFT: THE PERFECT POSTS FOR ‘THE BIG 3’ SOCIAL NETWORKS
-
Upload
say-consultancy-ltd -
Category
Marketing
-
view
133 -
download
1
Transcript of Social domination how to conquer the big 3 social media networks- From Hubspot
HOW TO CRAFT
THE PERFECT POSTS FOR lsquoTHE BIG 3rsquo
SOCIAL NETWORKS
marketer sidekick by hubspot13co-author twitter for dummies cookiecakelover13
anum13
ANUM HUSSAIN BY13
The Big 3 of WWII understood that world domination would only be possible by putting aside their differences and working as a team13
inbound2013
THINK OF YOUR BIG 3 SOCIAL NETWORKS THE SAME WAY
Itrsquos not about
versus 13
Itrsquos not about
versus 13
versus13
Itrsquos not about
versus 13
versus13
versus13
Itrsquos not about
versus 13
versus13
versus13
Itrsquos about creating an alliance between the three greatest social levers you can pull
inbound2013
Now this doesnrsquot mean you just copy-and-paste the same content
across different channels
It means you play to the strengths of each network
Introducing 29 tips to craft the perfect posts for Facebook
LinkedIn and Twitter
NOTE
The following 29 tips are collected from various studies on social media effectiveness Use them as starting points for success but test each one to find what works best with
your own audience
Facebook provides six ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video 13131313 Event 13131313Check-In13
1500 possible stories are filtered through per day on an avg Facebook userrsquos News Feed13Lars Backstrom Facebook Engineering Manager13
In fact13
1500 possible stories are filtered through per day on an avg Facebook userrsquos News Feed13
Only 20 of
them actually
make a user
feed
Lars Backstrom Facebook Engineering Manager13
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is included in that 20
anum anumhussaincom13
Images on Facebook
constituted 93 13of the most 13
engaging posts13
1 ENGAGE FANS WITH PHOTOS
Source socialbakers
anum anumhussaincom13
Recommended 13Upload Size131200 x 1200 px1313(actually publishes as 504 px width but this ensures quality)13
Shared Link Preview 131200 x 628px1313(actually publishes as 484 x 252 px)13
Shared Video Preview 13504 x 283 px13
2 UPLOAD QUALITY VISUALS
anum anumhussaincom13
3 REMOVE LINKS FROM LINK COPY
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
2 years ago 13the magic formula
was lt80 characters Look how much 13has changed13
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with hashtags see 60 more interactions
on average
Posts with
exclamation points see 27 more interactions on
average13
Posts that ask questions garner
23 more engagement on
average13
Source TrackMaven
5 TRY DIFFERENT PUNCATION
anum anumhussaincom13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
High post engagement13No post
engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
7 KEEP LINK TITLES lt100 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts published after hours (5pm ndash 1am EST) see 11 more interactions than those published during the work day (8am ndash 5pm) and 29 more than those published before work (1am ndash 8 am)131313
8 PUBLISH AFTER WORK HOURS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Less than 18 of posts are published on weekends but posts published on Sundays get 25 more Likes Shares and Comments than Wednesday posts13
Sunday
9 PUBLISH ON WEEKENDS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Source AMEX OPEN Forum13
10 EXPERIMENT WITH EMOTICONS
Free Facebook Resource
Havenrsquot built your own Facebook Business Page yet Check out my SlideShare on how
LinkedIn provides fours ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video Link 1313131313
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
marketer sidekick by hubspot13co-author twitter for dummies cookiecakelover13
anum13
ANUM HUSSAIN BY13
The Big 3 of WWII understood that world domination would only be possible by putting aside their differences and working as a team13
inbound2013
THINK OF YOUR BIG 3 SOCIAL NETWORKS THE SAME WAY
Itrsquos not about
versus 13
Itrsquos not about
versus 13
versus13
Itrsquos not about
versus 13
versus13
versus13
Itrsquos not about
versus 13
versus13
versus13
Itrsquos about creating an alliance between the three greatest social levers you can pull
inbound2013
Now this doesnrsquot mean you just copy-and-paste the same content
across different channels
It means you play to the strengths of each network
Introducing 29 tips to craft the perfect posts for Facebook
LinkedIn and Twitter
NOTE
The following 29 tips are collected from various studies on social media effectiveness Use them as starting points for success but test each one to find what works best with
your own audience
Facebook provides six ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video 13131313 Event 13131313Check-In13
1500 possible stories are filtered through per day on an avg Facebook userrsquos News Feed13Lars Backstrom Facebook Engineering Manager13
In fact13
1500 possible stories are filtered through per day on an avg Facebook userrsquos News Feed13
Only 20 of
them actually
make a user
feed
Lars Backstrom Facebook Engineering Manager13
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is included in that 20
anum anumhussaincom13
Images on Facebook
constituted 93 13of the most 13
engaging posts13
1 ENGAGE FANS WITH PHOTOS
Source socialbakers
anum anumhussaincom13
Recommended 13Upload Size131200 x 1200 px1313(actually publishes as 504 px width but this ensures quality)13
Shared Link Preview 131200 x 628px1313(actually publishes as 484 x 252 px)13
Shared Video Preview 13504 x 283 px13
2 UPLOAD QUALITY VISUALS
anum anumhussaincom13
3 REMOVE LINKS FROM LINK COPY
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
2 years ago 13the magic formula
was lt80 characters Look how much 13has changed13
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with hashtags see 60 more interactions
on average
Posts with
exclamation points see 27 more interactions on
average13
Posts that ask questions garner
23 more engagement on
average13
Source TrackMaven
5 TRY DIFFERENT PUNCATION
anum anumhussaincom13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
High post engagement13No post
engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
7 KEEP LINK TITLES lt100 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts published after hours (5pm ndash 1am EST) see 11 more interactions than those published during the work day (8am ndash 5pm) and 29 more than those published before work (1am ndash 8 am)131313
8 PUBLISH AFTER WORK HOURS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Less than 18 of posts are published on weekends but posts published on Sundays get 25 more Likes Shares and Comments than Wednesday posts13
Sunday
9 PUBLISH ON WEEKENDS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Source AMEX OPEN Forum13
10 EXPERIMENT WITH EMOTICONS
Free Facebook Resource
Havenrsquot built your own Facebook Business Page yet Check out my SlideShare on how
LinkedIn provides fours ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video Link 1313131313
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
The Big 3 of WWII understood that world domination would only be possible by putting aside their differences and working as a team13
inbound2013
THINK OF YOUR BIG 3 SOCIAL NETWORKS THE SAME WAY
Itrsquos not about
versus 13
Itrsquos not about
versus 13
versus13
Itrsquos not about
versus 13
versus13
versus13
Itrsquos not about
versus 13
versus13
versus13
Itrsquos about creating an alliance between the three greatest social levers you can pull
inbound2013
Now this doesnrsquot mean you just copy-and-paste the same content
across different channels
It means you play to the strengths of each network
Introducing 29 tips to craft the perfect posts for Facebook
LinkedIn and Twitter
NOTE
The following 29 tips are collected from various studies on social media effectiveness Use them as starting points for success but test each one to find what works best with
your own audience
Facebook provides six ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video 13131313 Event 13131313Check-In13
1500 possible stories are filtered through per day on an avg Facebook userrsquos News Feed13Lars Backstrom Facebook Engineering Manager13
In fact13
1500 possible stories are filtered through per day on an avg Facebook userrsquos News Feed13
Only 20 of
them actually
make a user
feed
Lars Backstrom Facebook Engineering Manager13
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is included in that 20
anum anumhussaincom13
Images on Facebook
constituted 93 13of the most 13
engaging posts13
1 ENGAGE FANS WITH PHOTOS
Source socialbakers
anum anumhussaincom13
Recommended 13Upload Size131200 x 1200 px1313(actually publishes as 504 px width but this ensures quality)13
Shared Link Preview 131200 x 628px1313(actually publishes as 484 x 252 px)13
Shared Video Preview 13504 x 283 px13
2 UPLOAD QUALITY VISUALS
anum anumhussaincom13
3 REMOVE LINKS FROM LINK COPY
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
2 years ago 13the magic formula
was lt80 characters Look how much 13has changed13
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with hashtags see 60 more interactions
on average
Posts with
exclamation points see 27 more interactions on
average13
Posts that ask questions garner
23 more engagement on
average13
Source TrackMaven
5 TRY DIFFERENT PUNCATION
anum anumhussaincom13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
High post engagement13No post
engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
7 KEEP LINK TITLES lt100 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts published after hours (5pm ndash 1am EST) see 11 more interactions than those published during the work day (8am ndash 5pm) and 29 more than those published before work (1am ndash 8 am)131313
8 PUBLISH AFTER WORK HOURS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Less than 18 of posts are published on weekends but posts published on Sundays get 25 more Likes Shares and Comments than Wednesday posts13
Sunday
9 PUBLISH ON WEEKENDS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Source AMEX OPEN Forum13
10 EXPERIMENT WITH EMOTICONS
Free Facebook Resource
Havenrsquot built your own Facebook Business Page yet Check out my SlideShare on how
LinkedIn provides fours ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video Link 1313131313
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
inbound2013
THINK OF YOUR BIG 3 SOCIAL NETWORKS THE SAME WAY
Itrsquos not about
versus 13
Itrsquos not about
versus 13
versus13
Itrsquos not about
versus 13
versus13
versus13
Itrsquos not about
versus 13
versus13
versus13
Itrsquos about creating an alliance between the three greatest social levers you can pull
inbound2013
Now this doesnrsquot mean you just copy-and-paste the same content
across different channels
It means you play to the strengths of each network
Introducing 29 tips to craft the perfect posts for Facebook
LinkedIn and Twitter
NOTE
The following 29 tips are collected from various studies on social media effectiveness Use them as starting points for success but test each one to find what works best with
your own audience
Facebook provides six ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video 13131313 Event 13131313Check-In13
1500 possible stories are filtered through per day on an avg Facebook userrsquos News Feed13Lars Backstrom Facebook Engineering Manager13
In fact13
1500 possible stories are filtered through per day on an avg Facebook userrsquos News Feed13
Only 20 of
them actually
make a user
feed
Lars Backstrom Facebook Engineering Manager13
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is included in that 20
anum anumhussaincom13
Images on Facebook
constituted 93 13of the most 13
engaging posts13
1 ENGAGE FANS WITH PHOTOS
Source socialbakers
anum anumhussaincom13
Recommended 13Upload Size131200 x 1200 px1313(actually publishes as 504 px width but this ensures quality)13
Shared Link Preview 131200 x 628px1313(actually publishes as 484 x 252 px)13
Shared Video Preview 13504 x 283 px13
2 UPLOAD QUALITY VISUALS
anum anumhussaincom13
3 REMOVE LINKS FROM LINK COPY
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
2 years ago 13the magic formula
was lt80 characters Look how much 13has changed13
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with hashtags see 60 more interactions
on average
Posts with
exclamation points see 27 more interactions on
average13
Posts that ask questions garner
23 more engagement on
average13
Source TrackMaven
5 TRY DIFFERENT PUNCATION
anum anumhussaincom13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
High post engagement13No post
engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
7 KEEP LINK TITLES lt100 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts published after hours (5pm ndash 1am EST) see 11 more interactions than those published during the work day (8am ndash 5pm) and 29 more than those published before work (1am ndash 8 am)131313
8 PUBLISH AFTER WORK HOURS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Less than 18 of posts are published on weekends but posts published on Sundays get 25 more Likes Shares and Comments than Wednesday posts13
Sunday
9 PUBLISH ON WEEKENDS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Source AMEX OPEN Forum13
10 EXPERIMENT WITH EMOTICONS
Free Facebook Resource
Havenrsquot built your own Facebook Business Page yet Check out my SlideShare on how
LinkedIn provides fours ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video Link 1313131313
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
Itrsquos not about
versus 13
Itrsquos not about
versus 13
versus13
Itrsquos not about
versus 13
versus13
versus13
Itrsquos not about
versus 13
versus13
versus13
Itrsquos about creating an alliance between the three greatest social levers you can pull
inbound2013
Now this doesnrsquot mean you just copy-and-paste the same content
across different channels
It means you play to the strengths of each network
Introducing 29 tips to craft the perfect posts for Facebook
LinkedIn and Twitter
NOTE
The following 29 tips are collected from various studies on social media effectiveness Use them as starting points for success but test each one to find what works best with
your own audience
Facebook provides six ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video 13131313 Event 13131313Check-In13
1500 possible stories are filtered through per day on an avg Facebook userrsquos News Feed13Lars Backstrom Facebook Engineering Manager13
In fact13
1500 possible stories are filtered through per day on an avg Facebook userrsquos News Feed13
Only 20 of
them actually
make a user
feed
Lars Backstrom Facebook Engineering Manager13
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is included in that 20
anum anumhussaincom13
Images on Facebook
constituted 93 13of the most 13
engaging posts13
1 ENGAGE FANS WITH PHOTOS
Source socialbakers
anum anumhussaincom13
Recommended 13Upload Size131200 x 1200 px1313(actually publishes as 504 px width but this ensures quality)13
Shared Link Preview 131200 x 628px1313(actually publishes as 484 x 252 px)13
Shared Video Preview 13504 x 283 px13
2 UPLOAD QUALITY VISUALS
anum anumhussaincom13
3 REMOVE LINKS FROM LINK COPY
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
2 years ago 13the magic formula
was lt80 characters Look how much 13has changed13
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with hashtags see 60 more interactions
on average
Posts with
exclamation points see 27 more interactions on
average13
Posts that ask questions garner
23 more engagement on
average13
Source TrackMaven
5 TRY DIFFERENT PUNCATION
anum anumhussaincom13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
High post engagement13No post
engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
7 KEEP LINK TITLES lt100 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts published after hours (5pm ndash 1am EST) see 11 more interactions than those published during the work day (8am ndash 5pm) and 29 more than those published before work (1am ndash 8 am)131313
8 PUBLISH AFTER WORK HOURS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Less than 18 of posts are published on weekends but posts published on Sundays get 25 more Likes Shares and Comments than Wednesday posts13
Sunday
9 PUBLISH ON WEEKENDS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Source AMEX OPEN Forum13
10 EXPERIMENT WITH EMOTICONS
Free Facebook Resource
Havenrsquot built your own Facebook Business Page yet Check out my SlideShare on how
LinkedIn provides fours ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video Link 1313131313
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
Itrsquos not about
versus 13
versus13
Itrsquos not about
versus 13
versus13
versus13
Itrsquos not about
versus 13
versus13
versus13
Itrsquos about creating an alliance between the three greatest social levers you can pull
inbound2013
Now this doesnrsquot mean you just copy-and-paste the same content
across different channels
It means you play to the strengths of each network
Introducing 29 tips to craft the perfect posts for Facebook
LinkedIn and Twitter
NOTE
The following 29 tips are collected from various studies on social media effectiveness Use them as starting points for success but test each one to find what works best with
your own audience
Facebook provides six ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video 13131313 Event 13131313Check-In13
1500 possible stories are filtered through per day on an avg Facebook userrsquos News Feed13Lars Backstrom Facebook Engineering Manager13
In fact13
1500 possible stories are filtered through per day on an avg Facebook userrsquos News Feed13
Only 20 of
them actually
make a user
feed
Lars Backstrom Facebook Engineering Manager13
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is included in that 20
anum anumhussaincom13
Images on Facebook
constituted 93 13of the most 13
engaging posts13
1 ENGAGE FANS WITH PHOTOS
Source socialbakers
anum anumhussaincom13
Recommended 13Upload Size131200 x 1200 px1313(actually publishes as 504 px width but this ensures quality)13
Shared Link Preview 131200 x 628px1313(actually publishes as 484 x 252 px)13
Shared Video Preview 13504 x 283 px13
2 UPLOAD QUALITY VISUALS
anum anumhussaincom13
3 REMOVE LINKS FROM LINK COPY
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
2 years ago 13the magic formula
was lt80 characters Look how much 13has changed13
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with hashtags see 60 more interactions
on average
Posts with
exclamation points see 27 more interactions on
average13
Posts that ask questions garner
23 more engagement on
average13
Source TrackMaven
5 TRY DIFFERENT PUNCATION
anum anumhussaincom13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
High post engagement13No post
engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
7 KEEP LINK TITLES lt100 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts published after hours (5pm ndash 1am EST) see 11 more interactions than those published during the work day (8am ndash 5pm) and 29 more than those published before work (1am ndash 8 am)131313
8 PUBLISH AFTER WORK HOURS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Less than 18 of posts are published on weekends but posts published on Sundays get 25 more Likes Shares and Comments than Wednesday posts13
Sunday
9 PUBLISH ON WEEKENDS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Source AMEX OPEN Forum13
10 EXPERIMENT WITH EMOTICONS
Free Facebook Resource
Havenrsquot built your own Facebook Business Page yet Check out my SlideShare on how
LinkedIn provides fours ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video Link 1313131313
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
Itrsquos not about
versus 13
versus13
versus13
Itrsquos not about
versus 13
versus13
versus13
Itrsquos about creating an alliance between the three greatest social levers you can pull
inbound2013
Now this doesnrsquot mean you just copy-and-paste the same content
across different channels
It means you play to the strengths of each network
Introducing 29 tips to craft the perfect posts for Facebook
LinkedIn and Twitter
NOTE
The following 29 tips are collected from various studies on social media effectiveness Use them as starting points for success but test each one to find what works best with
your own audience
Facebook provides six ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video 13131313 Event 13131313Check-In13
1500 possible stories are filtered through per day on an avg Facebook userrsquos News Feed13Lars Backstrom Facebook Engineering Manager13
In fact13
1500 possible stories are filtered through per day on an avg Facebook userrsquos News Feed13
Only 20 of
them actually
make a user
feed
Lars Backstrom Facebook Engineering Manager13
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is included in that 20
anum anumhussaincom13
Images on Facebook
constituted 93 13of the most 13
engaging posts13
1 ENGAGE FANS WITH PHOTOS
Source socialbakers
anum anumhussaincom13
Recommended 13Upload Size131200 x 1200 px1313(actually publishes as 504 px width but this ensures quality)13
Shared Link Preview 131200 x 628px1313(actually publishes as 484 x 252 px)13
Shared Video Preview 13504 x 283 px13
2 UPLOAD QUALITY VISUALS
anum anumhussaincom13
3 REMOVE LINKS FROM LINK COPY
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
2 years ago 13the magic formula
was lt80 characters Look how much 13has changed13
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with hashtags see 60 more interactions
on average
Posts with
exclamation points see 27 more interactions on
average13
Posts that ask questions garner
23 more engagement on
average13
Source TrackMaven
5 TRY DIFFERENT PUNCATION
anum anumhussaincom13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
High post engagement13No post
engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
7 KEEP LINK TITLES lt100 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts published after hours (5pm ndash 1am EST) see 11 more interactions than those published during the work day (8am ndash 5pm) and 29 more than those published before work (1am ndash 8 am)131313
8 PUBLISH AFTER WORK HOURS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Less than 18 of posts are published on weekends but posts published on Sundays get 25 more Likes Shares and Comments than Wednesday posts13
Sunday
9 PUBLISH ON WEEKENDS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Source AMEX OPEN Forum13
10 EXPERIMENT WITH EMOTICONS
Free Facebook Resource
Havenrsquot built your own Facebook Business Page yet Check out my SlideShare on how
LinkedIn provides fours ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video Link 1313131313
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
Itrsquos not about
versus 13
versus13
versus13
Itrsquos about creating an alliance between the three greatest social levers you can pull
inbound2013
Now this doesnrsquot mean you just copy-and-paste the same content
across different channels
It means you play to the strengths of each network
Introducing 29 tips to craft the perfect posts for Facebook
LinkedIn and Twitter
NOTE
The following 29 tips are collected from various studies on social media effectiveness Use them as starting points for success but test each one to find what works best with
your own audience
Facebook provides six ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video 13131313 Event 13131313Check-In13
1500 possible stories are filtered through per day on an avg Facebook userrsquos News Feed13Lars Backstrom Facebook Engineering Manager13
In fact13
1500 possible stories are filtered through per day on an avg Facebook userrsquos News Feed13
Only 20 of
them actually
make a user
feed
Lars Backstrom Facebook Engineering Manager13
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is included in that 20
anum anumhussaincom13
Images on Facebook
constituted 93 13of the most 13
engaging posts13
1 ENGAGE FANS WITH PHOTOS
Source socialbakers
anum anumhussaincom13
Recommended 13Upload Size131200 x 1200 px1313(actually publishes as 504 px width but this ensures quality)13
Shared Link Preview 131200 x 628px1313(actually publishes as 484 x 252 px)13
Shared Video Preview 13504 x 283 px13
2 UPLOAD QUALITY VISUALS
anum anumhussaincom13
3 REMOVE LINKS FROM LINK COPY
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
2 years ago 13the magic formula
was lt80 characters Look how much 13has changed13
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with hashtags see 60 more interactions
on average
Posts with
exclamation points see 27 more interactions on
average13
Posts that ask questions garner
23 more engagement on
average13
Source TrackMaven
5 TRY DIFFERENT PUNCATION
anum anumhussaincom13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
High post engagement13No post
engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
7 KEEP LINK TITLES lt100 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts published after hours (5pm ndash 1am EST) see 11 more interactions than those published during the work day (8am ndash 5pm) and 29 more than those published before work (1am ndash 8 am)131313
8 PUBLISH AFTER WORK HOURS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Less than 18 of posts are published on weekends but posts published on Sundays get 25 more Likes Shares and Comments than Wednesday posts13
Sunday
9 PUBLISH ON WEEKENDS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Source AMEX OPEN Forum13
10 EXPERIMENT WITH EMOTICONS
Free Facebook Resource
Havenrsquot built your own Facebook Business Page yet Check out my SlideShare on how
LinkedIn provides fours ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video Link 1313131313
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
inbound2013
Now this doesnrsquot mean you just copy-and-paste the same content
across different channels
It means you play to the strengths of each network
Introducing 29 tips to craft the perfect posts for Facebook
LinkedIn and Twitter
NOTE
The following 29 tips are collected from various studies on social media effectiveness Use them as starting points for success but test each one to find what works best with
your own audience
Facebook provides six ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video 13131313 Event 13131313Check-In13
1500 possible stories are filtered through per day on an avg Facebook userrsquos News Feed13Lars Backstrom Facebook Engineering Manager13
In fact13
1500 possible stories are filtered through per day on an avg Facebook userrsquos News Feed13
Only 20 of
them actually
make a user
feed
Lars Backstrom Facebook Engineering Manager13
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is included in that 20
anum anumhussaincom13
Images on Facebook
constituted 93 13of the most 13
engaging posts13
1 ENGAGE FANS WITH PHOTOS
Source socialbakers
anum anumhussaincom13
Recommended 13Upload Size131200 x 1200 px1313(actually publishes as 504 px width but this ensures quality)13
Shared Link Preview 131200 x 628px1313(actually publishes as 484 x 252 px)13
Shared Video Preview 13504 x 283 px13
2 UPLOAD QUALITY VISUALS
anum anumhussaincom13
3 REMOVE LINKS FROM LINK COPY
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
2 years ago 13the magic formula
was lt80 characters Look how much 13has changed13
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with hashtags see 60 more interactions
on average
Posts with
exclamation points see 27 more interactions on
average13
Posts that ask questions garner
23 more engagement on
average13
Source TrackMaven
5 TRY DIFFERENT PUNCATION
anum anumhussaincom13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
High post engagement13No post
engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
7 KEEP LINK TITLES lt100 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts published after hours (5pm ndash 1am EST) see 11 more interactions than those published during the work day (8am ndash 5pm) and 29 more than those published before work (1am ndash 8 am)131313
8 PUBLISH AFTER WORK HOURS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Less than 18 of posts are published on weekends but posts published on Sundays get 25 more Likes Shares and Comments than Wednesday posts13
Sunday
9 PUBLISH ON WEEKENDS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Source AMEX OPEN Forum13
10 EXPERIMENT WITH EMOTICONS
Free Facebook Resource
Havenrsquot built your own Facebook Business Page yet Check out my SlideShare on how
LinkedIn provides fours ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video Link 1313131313
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
It means you play to the strengths of each network
Introducing 29 tips to craft the perfect posts for Facebook
LinkedIn and Twitter
NOTE
The following 29 tips are collected from various studies on social media effectiveness Use them as starting points for success but test each one to find what works best with
your own audience
Facebook provides six ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video 13131313 Event 13131313Check-In13
1500 possible stories are filtered through per day on an avg Facebook userrsquos News Feed13Lars Backstrom Facebook Engineering Manager13
In fact13
1500 possible stories are filtered through per day on an avg Facebook userrsquos News Feed13
Only 20 of
them actually
make a user
feed
Lars Backstrom Facebook Engineering Manager13
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is included in that 20
anum anumhussaincom13
Images on Facebook
constituted 93 13of the most 13
engaging posts13
1 ENGAGE FANS WITH PHOTOS
Source socialbakers
anum anumhussaincom13
Recommended 13Upload Size131200 x 1200 px1313(actually publishes as 504 px width but this ensures quality)13
Shared Link Preview 131200 x 628px1313(actually publishes as 484 x 252 px)13
Shared Video Preview 13504 x 283 px13
2 UPLOAD QUALITY VISUALS
anum anumhussaincom13
3 REMOVE LINKS FROM LINK COPY
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
2 years ago 13the magic formula
was lt80 characters Look how much 13has changed13
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with hashtags see 60 more interactions
on average
Posts with
exclamation points see 27 more interactions on
average13
Posts that ask questions garner
23 more engagement on
average13
Source TrackMaven
5 TRY DIFFERENT PUNCATION
anum anumhussaincom13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
High post engagement13No post
engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
7 KEEP LINK TITLES lt100 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts published after hours (5pm ndash 1am EST) see 11 more interactions than those published during the work day (8am ndash 5pm) and 29 more than those published before work (1am ndash 8 am)131313
8 PUBLISH AFTER WORK HOURS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Less than 18 of posts are published on weekends but posts published on Sundays get 25 more Likes Shares and Comments than Wednesday posts13
Sunday
9 PUBLISH ON WEEKENDS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Source AMEX OPEN Forum13
10 EXPERIMENT WITH EMOTICONS
Free Facebook Resource
Havenrsquot built your own Facebook Business Page yet Check out my SlideShare on how
LinkedIn provides fours ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video Link 1313131313
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
Introducing 29 tips to craft the perfect posts for Facebook
LinkedIn and Twitter
NOTE
The following 29 tips are collected from various studies on social media effectiveness Use them as starting points for success but test each one to find what works best with
your own audience
Facebook provides six ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video 13131313 Event 13131313Check-In13
1500 possible stories are filtered through per day on an avg Facebook userrsquos News Feed13Lars Backstrom Facebook Engineering Manager13
In fact13
1500 possible stories are filtered through per day on an avg Facebook userrsquos News Feed13
Only 20 of
them actually
make a user
feed
Lars Backstrom Facebook Engineering Manager13
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is included in that 20
anum anumhussaincom13
Images on Facebook
constituted 93 13of the most 13
engaging posts13
1 ENGAGE FANS WITH PHOTOS
Source socialbakers
anum anumhussaincom13
Recommended 13Upload Size131200 x 1200 px1313(actually publishes as 504 px width but this ensures quality)13
Shared Link Preview 131200 x 628px1313(actually publishes as 484 x 252 px)13
Shared Video Preview 13504 x 283 px13
2 UPLOAD QUALITY VISUALS
anum anumhussaincom13
3 REMOVE LINKS FROM LINK COPY
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
2 years ago 13the magic formula
was lt80 characters Look how much 13has changed13
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with hashtags see 60 more interactions
on average
Posts with
exclamation points see 27 more interactions on
average13
Posts that ask questions garner
23 more engagement on
average13
Source TrackMaven
5 TRY DIFFERENT PUNCATION
anum anumhussaincom13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
High post engagement13No post
engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
7 KEEP LINK TITLES lt100 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts published after hours (5pm ndash 1am EST) see 11 more interactions than those published during the work day (8am ndash 5pm) and 29 more than those published before work (1am ndash 8 am)131313
8 PUBLISH AFTER WORK HOURS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Less than 18 of posts are published on weekends but posts published on Sundays get 25 more Likes Shares and Comments than Wednesday posts13
Sunday
9 PUBLISH ON WEEKENDS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Source AMEX OPEN Forum13
10 EXPERIMENT WITH EMOTICONS
Free Facebook Resource
Havenrsquot built your own Facebook Business Page yet Check out my SlideShare on how
LinkedIn provides fours ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video Link 1313131313
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
NOTE
The following 29 tips are collected from various studies on social media effectiveness Use them as starting points for success but test each one to find what works best with
your own audience
Facebook provides six ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video 13131313 Event 13131313Check-In13
1500 possible stories are filtered through per day on an avg Facebook userrsquos News Feed13Lars Backstrom Facebook Engineering Manager13
In fact13
1500 possible stories are filtered through per day on an avg Facebook userrsquos News Feed13
Only 20 of
them actually
make a user
feed
Lars Backstrom Facebook Engineering Manager13
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is included in that 20
anum anumhussaincom13
Images on Facebook
constituted 93 13of the most 13
engaging posts13
1 ENGAGE FANS WITH PHOTOS
Source socialbakers
anum anumhussaincom13
Recommended 13Upload Size131200 x 1200 px1313(actually publishes as 504 px width but this ensures quality)13
Shared Link Preview 131200 x 628px1313(actually publishes as 484 x 252 px)13
Shared Video Preview 13504 x 283 px13
2 UPLOAD QUALITY VISUALS
anum anumhussaincom13
3 REMOVE LINKS FROM LINK COPY
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
2 years ago 13the magic formula
was lt80 characters Look how much 13has changed13
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with hashtags see 60 more interactions
on average
Posts with
exclamation points see 27 more interactions on
average13
Posts that ask questions garner
23 more engagement on
average13
Source TrackMaven
5 TRY DIFFERENT PUNCATION
anum anumhussaincom13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
High post engagement13No post
engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
7 KEEP LINK TITLES lt100 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts published after hours (5pm ndash 1am EST) see 11 more interactions than those published during the work day (8am ndash 5pm) and 29 more than those published before work (1am ndash 8 am)131313
8 PUBLISH AFTER WORK HOURS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Less than 18 of posts are published on weekends but posts published on Sundays get 25 more Likes Shares and Comments than Wednesday posts13
Sunday
9 PUBLISH ON WEEKENDS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Source AMEX OPEN Forum13
10 EXPERIMENT WITH EMOTICONS
Free Facebook Resource
Havenrsquot built your own Facebook Business Page yet Check out my SlideShare on how
LinkedIn provides fours ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video Link 1313131313
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
Facebook provides six ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video 13131313 Event 13131313Check-In13
1500 possible stories are filtered through per day on an avg Facebook userrsquos News Feed13Lars Backstrom Facebook Engineering Manager13
In fact13
1500 possible stories are filtered through per day on an avg Facebook userrsquos News Feed13
Only 20 of
them actually
make a user
feed
Lars Backstrom Facebook Engineering Manager13
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is included in that 20
anum anumhussaincom13
Images on Facebook
constituted 93 13of the most 13
engaging posts13
1 ENGAGE FANS WITH PHOTOS
Source socialbakers
anum anumhussaincom13
Recommended 13Upload Size131200 x 1200 px1313(actually publishes as 504 px width but this ensures quality)13
Shared Link Preview 131200 x 628px1313(actually publishes as 484 x 252 px)13
Shared Video Preview 13504 x 283 px13
2 UPLOAD QUALITY VISUALS
anum anumhussaincom13
3 REMOVE LINKS FROM LINK COPY
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
2 years ago 13the magic formula
was lt80 characters Look how much 13has changed13
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with hashtags see 60 more interactions
on average
Posts with
exclamation points see 27 more interactions on
average13
Posts that ask questions garner
23 more engagement on
average13
Source TrackMaven
5 TRY DIFFERENT PUNCATION
anum anumhussaincom13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
High post engagement13No post
engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
7 KEEP LINK TITLES lt100 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts published after hours (5pm ndash 1am EST) see 11 more interactions than those published during the work day (8am ndash 5pm) and 29 more than those published before work (1am ndash 8 am)131313
8 PUBLISH AFTER WORK HOURS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Less than 18 of posts are published on weekends but posts published on Sundays get 25 more Likes Shares and Comments than Wednesday posts13
Sunday
9 PUBLISH ON WEEKENDS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Source AMEX OPEN Forum13
10 EXPERIMENT WITH EMOTICONS
Free Facebook Resource
Havenrsquot built your own Facebook Business Page yet Check out my SlideShare on how
LinkedIn provides fours ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video Link 1313131313
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
Facebook provides six ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video 13131313 Event 13131313Check-In13
1500 possible stories are filtered through per day on an avg Facebook userrsquos News Feed13Lars Backstrom Facebook Engineering Manager13
In fact13
1500 possible stories are filtered through per day on an avg Facebook userrsquos News Feed13
Only 20 of
them actually
make a user
feed
Lars Backstrom Facebook Engineering Manager13
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is included in that 20
anum anumhussaincom13
Images on Facebook
constituted 93 13of the most 13
engaging posts13
1 ENGAGE FANS WITH PHOTOS
Source socialbakers
anum anumhussaincom13
Recommended 13Upload Size131200 x 1200 px1313(actually publishes as 504 px width but this ensures quality)13
Shared Link Preview 131200 x 628px1313(actually publishes as 484 x 252 px)13
Shared Video Preview 13504 x 283 px13
2 UPLOAD QUALITY VISUALS
anum anumhussaincom13
3 REMOVE LINKS FROM LINK COPY
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
2 years ago 13the magic formula
was lt80 characters Look how much 13has changed13
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with hashtags see 60 more interactions
on average
Posts with
exclamation points see 27 more interactions on
average13
Posts that ask questions garner
23 more engagement on
average13
Source TrackMaven
5 TRY DIFFERENT PUNCATION
anum anumhussaincom13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
High post engagement13No post
engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
7 KEEP LINK TITLES lt100 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts published after hours (5pm ndash 1am EST) see 11 more interactions than those published during the work day (8am ndash 5pm) and 29 more than those published before work (1am ndash 8 am)131313
8 PUBLISH AFTER WORK HOURS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Less than 18 of posts are published on weekends but posts published on Sundays get 25 more Likes Shares and Comments than Wednesday posts13
Sunday
9 PUBLISH ON WEEKENDS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Source AMEX OPEN Forum13
10 EXPERIMENT WITH EMOTICONS
Free Facebook Resource
Havenrsquot built your own Facebook Business Page yet Check out my SlideShare on how
LinkedIn provides fours ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video Link 1313131313
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
1500 possible stories are filtered through per day on an avg Facebook userrsquos News Feed13Lars Backstrom Facebook Engineering Manager13
In fact13
1500 possible stories are filtered through per day on an avg Facebook userrsquos News Feed13
Only 20 of
them actually
make a user
feed
Lars Backstrom Facebook Engineering Manager13
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is included in that 20
anum anumhussaincom13
Images on Facebook
constituted 93 13of the most 13
engaging posts13
1 ENGAGE FANS WITH PHOTOS
Source socialbakers
anum anumhussaincom13
Recommended 13Upload Size131200 x 1200 px1313(actually publishes as 504 px width but this ensures quality)13
Shared Link Preview 131200 x 628px1313(actually publishes as 484 x 252 px)13
Shared Video Preview 13504 x 283 px13
2 UPLOAD QUALITY VISUALS
anum anumhussaincom13
3 REMOVE LINKS FROM LINK COPY
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
2 years ago 13the magic formula
was lt80 characters Look how much 13has changed13
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with hashtags see 60 more interactions
on average
Posts with
exclamation points see 27 more interactions on
average13
Posts that ask questions garner
23 more engagement on
average13
Source TrackMaven
5 TRY DIFFERENT PUNCATION
anum anumhussaincom13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
High post engagement13No post
engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
7 KEEP LINK TITLES lt100 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts published after hours (5pm ndash 1am EST) see 11 more interactions than those published during the work day (8am ndash 5pm) and 29 more than those published before work (1am ndash 8 am)131313
8 PUBLISH AFTER WORK HOURS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Less than 18 of posts are published on weekends but posts published on Sundays get 25 more Likes Shares and Comments than Wednesday posts13
Sunday
9 PUBLISH ON WEEKENDS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Source AMEX OPEN Forum13
10 EXPERIMENT WITH EMOTICONS
Free Facebook Resource
Havenrsquot built your own Facebook Business Page yet Check out my SlideShare on how
LinkedIn provides fours ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video Link 1313131313
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
1500 possible stories are filtered through per day on an avg Facebook userrsquos News Feed13
Only 20 of
them actually
make a user
feed
Lars Backstrom Facebook Engineering Manager13
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is included in that 20
anum anumhussaincom13
Images on Facebook
constituted 93 13of the most 13
engaging posts13
1 ENGAGE FANS WITH PHOTOS
Source socialbakers
anum anumhussaincom13
Recommended 13Upload Size131200 x 1200 px1313(actually publishes as 504 px width but this ensures quality)13
Shared Link Preview 131200 x 628px1313(actually publishes as 484 x 252 px)13
Shared Video Preview 13504 x 283 px13
2 UPLOAD QUALITY VISUALS
anum anumhussaincom13
3 REMOVE LINKS FROM LINK COPY
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
2 years ago 13the magic formula
was lt80 characters Look how much 13has changed13
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with hashtags see 60 more interactions
on average
Posts with
exclamation points see 27 more interactions on
average13
Posts that ask questions garner
23 more engagement on
average13
Source TrackMaven
5 TRY DIFFERENT PUNCATION
anum anumhussaincom13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
High post engagement13No post
engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
7 KEEP LINK TITLES lt100 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts published after hours (5pm ndash 1am EST) see 11 more interactions than those published during the work day (8am ndash 5pm) and 29 more than those published before work (1am ndash 8 am)131313
8 PUBLISH AFTER WORK HOURS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Less than 18 of posts are published on weekends but posts published on Sundays get 25 more Likes Shares and Comments than Wednesday posts13
Sunday
9 PUBLISH ON WEEKENDS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Source AMEX OPEN Forum13
10 EXPERIMENT WITH EMOTICONS
Free Facebook Resource
Havenrsquot built your own Facebook Business Page yet Check out my SlideShare on how
LinkedIn provides fours ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video Link 1313131313
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
So how do you ensure your content is included in that 20
anum anumhussaincom13
Images on Facebook
constituted 93 13of the most 13
engaging posts13
1 ENGAGE FANS WITH PHOTOS
Source socialbakers
anum anumhussaincom13
Recommended 13Upload Size131200 x 1200 px1313(actually publishes as 504 px width but this ensures quality)13
Shared Link Preview 131200 x 628px1313(actually publishes as 484 x 252 px)13
Shared Video Preview 13504 x 283 px13
2 UPLOAD QUALITY VISUALS
anum anumhussaincom13
3 REMOVE LINKS FROM LINK COPY
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
2 years ago 13the magic formula
was lt80 characters Look how much 13has changed13
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with hashtags see 60 more interactions
on average
Posts with
exclamation points see 27 more interactions on
average13
Posts that ask questions garner
23 more engagement on
average13
Source TrackMaven
5 TRY DIFFERENT PUNCATION
anum anumhussaincom13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
High post engagement13No post
engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
7 KEEP LINK TITLES lt100 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts published after hours (5pm ndash 1am EST) see 11 more interactions than those published during the work day (8am ndash 5pm) and 29 more than those published before work (1am ndash 8 am)131313
8 PUBLISH AFTER WORK HOURS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Less than 18 of posts are published on weekends but posts published on Sundays get 25 more Likes Shares and Comments than Wednesday posts13
Sunday
9 PUBLISH ON WEEKENDS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Source AMEX OPEN Forum13
10 EXPERIMENT WITH EMOTICONS
Free Facebook Resource
Havenrsquot built your own Facebook Business Page yet Check out my SlideShare on how
LinkedIn provides fours ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video Link 1313131313
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
Images on Facebook
constituted 93 13of the most 13
engaging posts13
1 ENGAGE FANS WITH PHOTOS
Source socialbakers
anum anumhussaincom13
Recommended 13Upload Size131200 x 1200 px1313(actually publishes as 504 px width but this ensures quality)13
Shared Link Preview 131200 x 628px1313(actually publishes as 484 x 252 px)13
Shared Video Preview 13504 x 283 px13
2 UPLOAD QUALITY VISUALS
anum anumhussaincom13
3 REMOVE LINKS FROM LINK COPY
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
2 years ago 13the magic formula
was lt80 characters Look how much 13has changed13
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with hashtags see 60 more interactions
on average
Posts with
exclamation points see 27 more interactions on
average13
Posts that ask questions garner
23 more engagement on
average13
Source TrackMaven
5 TRY DIFFERENT PUNCATION
anum anumhussaincom13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
High post engagement13No post
engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
7 KEEP LINK TITLES lt100 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts published after hours (5pm ndash 1am EST) see 11 more interactions than those published during the work day (8am ndash 5pm) and 29 more than those published before work (1am ndash 8 am)131313
8 PUBLISH AFTER WORK HOURS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Less than 18 of posts are published on weekends but posts published on Sundays get 25 more Likes Shares and Comments than Wednesday posts13
Sunday
9 PUBLISH ON WEEKENDS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Source AMEX OPEN Forum13
10 EXPERIMENT WITH EMOTICONS
Free Facebook Resource
Havenrsquot built your own Facebook Business Page yet Check out my SlideShare on how
LinkedIn provides fours ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video Link 1313131313
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
Recommended 13Upload Size131200 x 1200 px1313(actually publishes as 504 px width but this ensures quality)13
Shared Link Preview 131200 x 628px1313(actually publishes as 484 x 252 px)13
Shared Video Preview 13504 x 283 px13
2 UPLOAD QUALITY VISUALS
anum anumhussaincom13
3 REMOVE LINKS FROM LINK COPY
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
2 years ago 13the magic formula
was lt80 characters Look how much 13has changed13
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with hashtags see 60 more interactions
on average
Posts with
exclamation points see 27 more interactions on
average13
Posts that ask questions garner
23 more engagement on
average13
Source TrackMaven
5 TRY DIFFERENT PUNCATION
anum anumhussaincom13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
High post engagement13No post
engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
7 KEEP LINK TITLES lt100 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts published after hours (5pm ndash 1am EST) see 11 more interactions than those published during the work day (8am ndash 5pm) and 29 more than those published before work (1am ndash 8 am)131313
8 PUBLISH AFTER WORK HOURS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Less than 18 of posts are published on weekends but posts published on Sundays get 25 more Likes Shares and Comments than Wednesday posts13
Sunday
9 PUBLISH ON WEEKENDS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Source AMEX OPEN Forum13
10 EXPERIMENT WITH EMOTICONS
Free Facebook Resource
Havenrsquot built your own Facebook Business Page yet Check out my SlideShare on how
LinkedIn provides fours ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video Link 1313131313
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
3 REMOVE LINKS FROM LINK COPY
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
2 years ago 13the magic formula
was lt80 characters Look how much 13has changed13
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with hashtags see 60 more interactions
on average
Posts with
exclamation points see 27 more interactions on
average13
Posts that ask questions garner
23 more engagement on
average13
Source TrackMaven
5 TRY DIFFERENT PUNCATION
anum anumhussaincom13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
High post engagement13No post
engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
7 KEEP LINK TITLES lt100 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts published after hours (5pm ndash 1am EST) see 11 more interactions than those published during the work day (8am ndash 5pm) and 29 more than those published before work (1am ndash 8 am)131313
8 PUBLISH AFTER WORK HOURS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Less than 18 of posts are published on weekends but posts published on Sundays get 25 more Likes Shares and Comments than Wednesday posts13
Sunday
9 PUBLISH ON WEEKENDS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Source AMEX OPEN Forum13
10 EXPERIMENT WITH EMOTICONS
Free Facebook Resource
Havenrsquot built your own Facebook Business Page yet Check out my SlideShare on how
LinkedIn provides fours ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video Link 1313131313
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
2 years ago 13the magic formula
was lt80 characters Look how much 13has changed13
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with hashtags see 60 more interactions
on average
Posts with
exclamation points see 27 more interactions on
average13
Posts that ask questions garner
23 more engagement on
average13
Source TrackMaven
5 TRY DIFFERENT PUNCATION
anum anumhussaincom13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
High post engagement13No post
engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
7 KEEP LINK TITLES lt100 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts published after hours (5pm ndash 1am EST) see 11 more interactions than those published during the work day (8am ndash 5pm) and 29 more than those published before work (1am ndash 8 am)131313
8 PUBLISH AFTER WORK HOURS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Less than 18 of posts are published on weekends but posts published on Sundays get 25 more Likes Shares and Comments than Wednesday posts13
Sunday
9 PUBLISH ON WEEKENDS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Source AMEX OPEN Forum13
10 EXPERIMENT WITH EMOTICONS
Free Facebook Resource
Havenrsquot built your own Facebook Business Page yet Check out my SlideShare on how
LinkedIn provides fours ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video Link 1313131313
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with 80+ words garner 2X as much engagement1313Source httpbitlycom10RLYpm 13
4 INCREASE POST WORD COUNT
2 years ago 13the magic formula
was lt80 characters Look how much 13has changed13
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with hashtags see 60 more interactions
on average
Posts with
exclamation points see 27 more interactions on
average13
Posts that ask questions garner
23 more engagement on
average13
Source TrackMaven
5 TRY DIFFERENT PUNCATION
anum anumhussaincom13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
High post engagement13No post
engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
7 KEEP LINK TITLES lt100 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts published after hours (5pm ndash 1am EST) see 11 more interactions than those published during the work day (8am ndash 5pm) and 29 more than those published before work (1am ndash 8 am)131313
8 PUBLISH AFTER WORK HOURS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Less than 18 of posts are published on weekends but posts published on Sundays get 25 more Likes Shares and Comments than Wednesday posts13
Sunday
9 PUBLISH ON WEEKENDS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Source AMEX OPEN Forum13
10 EXPERIMENT WITH EMOTICONS
Free Facebook Resource
Havenrsquot built your own Facebook Business Page yet Check out my SlideShare on how
LinkedIn provides fours ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video Link 1313131313
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts with hashtags see 60 more interactions
on average
Posts with
exclamation points see 27 more interactions on
average13
Posts that ask questions garner
23 more engagement on
average13
Source TrackMaven
5 TRY DIFFERENT PUNCATION
anum anumhussaincom13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
High post engagement13No post
engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
7 KEEP LINK TITLES lt100 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts published after hours (5pm ndash 1am EST) see 11 more interactions than those published during the work day (8am ndash 5pm) and 29 more than those published before work (1am ndash 8 am)131313
8 PUBLISH AFTER WORK HOURS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Less than 18 of posts are published on weekends but posts published on Sundays get 25 more Likes Shares and Comments than Wednesday posts13
Sunday
9 PUBLISH ON WEEKENDS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Source AMEX OPEN Forum13
10 EXPERIMENT WITH EMOTICONS
Free Facebook Resource
Havenrsquot built your own Facebook Business Page yet Check out my SlideShare on how
LinkedIn provides fours ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video Link 1313131313
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
High post engagement13No post
engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
7 KEEP LINK TITLES lt100 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts published after hours (5pm ndash 1am EST) see 11 more interactions than those published during the work day (8am ndash 5pm) and 29 more than those published before work (1am ndash 8 am)131313
8 PUBLISH AFTER WORK HOURS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Less than 18 of posts are published on weekends but posts published on Sundays get 25 more Likes Shares and Comments than Wednesday posts13
Sunday
9 PUBLISH ON WEEKENDS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Source AMEX OPEN Forum13
10 EXPERIMENT WITH EMOTICONS
Free Facebook Resource
Havenrsquot built your own Facebook Business Page yet Check out my SlideShare on how
LinkedIn provides fours ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video Link 1313131313
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
High post engagement13No post
engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
7 KEEP LINK TITLES lt100 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts published after hours (5pm ndash 1am EST) see 11 more interactions than those published during the work day (8am ndash 5pm) and 29 more than those published before work (1am ndash 8 am)131313
8 PUBLISH AFTER WORK HOURS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Less than 18 of posts are published on weekends but posts published on Sundays get 25 more Likes Shares and Comments than Wednesday posts13
Sunday
9 PUBLISH ON WEEKENDS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Source AMEX OPEN Forum13
10 EXPERIMENT WITH EMOTICONS
Free Facebook Resource
Havenrsquot built your own Facebook Business Page yet Check out my SlideShare on how
LinkedIn provides fours ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video Link 1313131313
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
No post engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
High post engagement13No post
engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
7 KEEP LINK TITLES lt100 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts published after hours (5pm ndash 1am EST) see 11 more interactions than those published during the work day (8am ndash 5pm) and 29 more than those published before work (1am ndash 8 am)131313
8 PUBLISH AFTER WORK HOURS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Less than 18 of posts are published on weekends but posts published on Sundays get 25 more Likes Shares and Comments than Wednesday posts13
Sunday
9 PUBLISH ON WEEKENDS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Source AMEX OPEN Forum13
10 EXPERIMENT WITH EMOTICONS
Free Facebook Resource
Havenrsquot built your own Facebook Business Page yet Check out my SlideShare on how
LinkedIn provides fours ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video Link 1313131313
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
High post engagement13No post
engagement13
6 POST TO WALL BEFORE ALBUM
anum anumhussaincom13
7 KEEP LINK TITLES lt100 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts published after hours (5pm ndash 1am EST) see 11 more interactions than those published during the work day (8am ndash 5pm) and 29 more than those published before work (1am ndash 8 am)131313
8 PUBLISH AFTER WORK HOURS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Less than 18 of posts are published on weekends but posts published on Sundays get 25 more Likes Shares and Comments than Wednesday posts13
Sunday
9 PUBLISH ON WEEKENDS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Source AMEX OPEN Forum13
10 EXPERIMENT WITH EMOTICONS
Free Facebook Resource
Havenrsquot built your own Facebook Business Page yet Check out my SlideShare on how
LinkedIn provides fours ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video Link 1313131313
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
7 KEEP LINK TITLES lt100 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts published after hours (5pm ndash 1am EST) see 11 more interactions than those published during the work day (8am ndash 5pm) and 29 more than those published before work (1am ndash 8 am)131313
8 PUBLISH AFTER WORK HOURS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Less than 18 of posts are published on weekends but posts published on Sundays get 25 more Likes Shares and Comments than Wednesday posts13
Sunday
9 PUBLISH ON WEEKENDS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Source AMEX OPEN Forum13
10 EXPERIMENT WITH EMOTICONS
Free Facebook Resource
Havenrsquot built your own Facebook Business Page yet Check out my SlideShare on how
LinkedIn provides fours ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video Link 1313131313
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
Posts published after hours (5pm ndash 1am EST) see 11 more interactions than those published during the work day (8am ndash 5pm) and 29 more than those published before work (1am ndash 8 am)131313
8 PUBLISH AFTER WORK HOURS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Less than 18 of posts are published on weekends but posts published on Sundays get 25 more Likes Shares and Comments than Wednesday posts13
Sunday
9 PUBLISH ON WEEKENDS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Source AMEX OPEN Forum13
10 EXPERIMENT WITH EMOTICONS
Free Facebook Resource
Havenrsquot built your own Facebook Business Page yet Check out my SlideShare on how
LinkedIn provides fours ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video Link 1313131313
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
Less than 18 of posts are published on weekends but posts published on Sundays get 25 more Likes Shares and Comments than Wednesday posts13
Sunday
9 PUBLISH ON WEEKENDS
Source TrackMaven
anum anumhussaincom13
Source AMEX OPEN Forum13
10 EXPERIMENT WITH EMOTICONS
Free Facebook Resource
Havenrsquot built your own Facebook Business Page yet Check out my SlideShare on how
LinkedIn provides fours ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video Link 1313131313
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
Source AMEX OPEN Forum13
10 EXPERIMENT WITH EMOTICONS
Free Facebook Resource
Havenrsquot built your own Facebook Business Page yet Check out my SlideShare on how
LinkedIn provides fours ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video Link 1313131313
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
Free Facebook Resource
Havenrsquot built your own Facebook Business Page yet Check out my SlideShare on how
LinkedIn provides fours ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video Link 1313131313
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
LinkedIn provides fours ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video Link 1313131313
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
LinkedIn provides fours ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photo13 13
131313 1313 Video Link 1313131313
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
Three million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
In fact13
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
million companies have LinkedIn Company Pages13Source LinkedIn13
87 of users trust LinkedIn as a
source of info that affects decision
making
Three In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
So how do you ensure your content is among the trusted sources
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
11 KEEP LINK TITLES lt70 CHARACTERS
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
12 KEEP LINK DESCRIPTIONS lt250
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
13 SHARE LINKS FOR ENGAGEMENT
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
14 SHARE IMAGES FOR COMMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
Source QuickSprout
15 POST VIDEOS FOR SHARES
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
Publishing 20 posts per month allows you to reach 60 percent of your audience1313Source httplinkdin1xZZ7GX 13
16 PUBLISH ONCE A WEEK DAY
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
LinkedIn is 13277 more
effective for lead gen than Facebook
amp Twitter13
17 CONVERT FANS WITH OFFERS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
Yellow bars indicate leads
generated on day of LinkedIn
announcement13
Two ways to accomplish this13131 Start your own LinkedIn Group13132 Engage in relevant Groups and barter for one of 13 their announcements13
18 SEND LINKEDIN ANNOUNCEMENTS
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
Free LinkedIn Resource
Want to master LinkedIn beyond posts Check out the ultimate cheat sheet with 35 top tips
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
Twitter provides four ways to launch your updates
1313 1313 Status 13 1313131313Link 13 131313Photos13 13
131313 1313 Videos 131313131313131313
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
In fact13
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
3y 2m 1d is the time it took from the first tweet to the billionth tweet13Source Twitter13
It now only takes 1 week
to send a billion tweets
In fact13
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
So how do you ensure your content is seen among all that noise
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
2 1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
2
This RT required the
removal of my keyword
INBOUND1313
1
Source Dan Zarrella
19 KEEP TWEETS SHORT [2 REASONS]
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
20 INCLUDE USER HANDLES FOR RTs
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
Anyone who follows both the
person being tweeted at AND the tweeter can
see a ldquoreplyrdquo tweet
21 UNDERSTAND REPLY VS MENTION
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
Including more than two in a Tweet is probably overkill and you only need to tag the most important word that represents the theme of your Tweet13
Source Twitter and Salesforce13
Tweets with 1-2 hashtags receive 21 higher engagement than those with 3+
hashtags13
22 USE HASHTAGS JUDICIOUSLY
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
17 of the top 1000 search terms on Twitter ldquochurn overrdquo on an hourly basis13
Source Twitter13
23 DONrsquoT FORCE TRENDING HASHTAGS
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
Tweets with images result 13
in 55 increase in leads13
24 INCORPORATE VISUAL CONTENT
Source HubSpot13
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
Instagram photos donrsquot appear on
Twitter13
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
amp the data vouches against direct Instagram
uploads13Source Simply Measured
25 DONrsquoT AUTO-POST INSTAGRAM MEDIA
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
In-Twitter Stream Photo 13440 x 220px13
13
26 UPLOAD PHOTOS IN PROPER SIZE
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
27 TAG USERS IN PHOTOS FOR MORE RTs
No RTs from tagged users to reach wider
audience13
RTs from all tagged (plus
others)13
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
For example
Source Dan Zarrella13
28 PLACE LINKS IN MIDDLE OF TWEET
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
Links can be around 20
characters before they get cropped with an ellipses13
29 SHORTEN LINKS FOR CLEANER TWEETS
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
anum anumhussaincom13
LINKS ARE ABOUT 20 CHARACTERS
Highest number of clicks appear between 1PM and 3PM from Monday to Thursday1313The best time to get retweets is from 4PM to 5PM on Fridays13
Source Dan Zarrella13
30 OPTIMIZE PUBLISHING CALENDAR
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
Free Twitter Resource
Want to master Twitter personally and for business Get the full-blown guide to Twitter
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
If you enjoyed this social media presentation from INBOUND 2013 perhaps yoursquoll enjoy my
INBOUND 2014 presentation on business blogging Click below to view
THANK YOU
![Social Media Business Marketing HubSpot [Read-Only]](https://static.fdocuments.in/doc/165x107/613d1df6736caf36b75983a0/social-media-business-marketing-hubspot-read-only.jpg)
